<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en-GB">
	<id>http://13.50.150.85/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Buurbuur</id>
	<title>DTU ProjectLab - User contributions [en-gb]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://13.50.150.85/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Buurbuur"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php/Special:Contributions/Buurbuur"/>
	<updated>2026-07-16T03:10:14Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Talk:Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=18352</id>
		<title>Talk:Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Talk:Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=18352"/>
		<updated>2015-09-29T13:37:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Mette: Very nice topic choice that fits the requirements for the type of article. Remember the structure of a &amp;quot;method article&amp;quot;. Look forward to reading more about this tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reviewer 1:Andkamp	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Describes an interesting method developed by Novo Nordisk, a nice blend between case study and method description&lt;br /&gt;
*Minor English mistakes, that can be corrected through second time readind = &#039;&#039;Done&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Good presentation of the topics, however some minor grammar mistakes make it a little more difficult to be read&lt;br /&gt;
*Nice figures, but missing captions and misplacement could provide a better outlook. = &#039;&#039;Adjustet&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Main points are clear but not extensively described, in order the reader to get a better understanding of the topic.= &#039;&#039;I have try to write it more undertandeble&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*No figure reference = &#039;&#039;Added&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*More effort in inter-wiki links and hyperlinks in the text should be done = &#039;&#039;Done&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Better matrix of plan communication of stakeholders = &#039;&#039;Deleted&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Missing references and bibliography = &#039;&#039;Added&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Interesting subject with various aspects&lt;br /&gt;
*Length of the article is small, as probably it is unfinished, but there is a clear enthusiasm on that subject = &#039;&#039;Was at the time unfinnished, and there are added a lot of extra :)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Phases makes a concrete structure of the article but the sections should be better presented in the table of contents.&lt;br /&gt;
*It would be nice to see implementations on other business, as well as the pros and cons of this method = &#039;&#039;Done&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*All in all, a nice subject that needs more effort in order to be useful and be connected with subjects such as Project Evaluation and Selection for the Formation of the Optimal Portfolio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviewer 2 - s141938 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+&lt;br /&gt;
* clear and concise =&amp;gt; easy to read&lt;br /&gt;
* ideas presented in bullet points. Good idea&lt;br /&gt;
* Structure of a method visible&lt;br /&gt;
* planned links to other wiki pages. Great idea !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-&lt;br /&gt;
* Remember to add captions and figure numbering = &#039;&#039;Done&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Write an abstract at the beginning and make a first section with quick explanation with the current intro =&amp;gt; nicer layout and will remove the image from the introduction ) = &#039;&#039;Very useful comment, and I have use a lot of time to make a better intro. Although i keept the picture in the beginning, because i think it make a good overview of the model, however I have make it a lot smaller.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the new first section give a brief description of the phases so that I have a small overview of the whole thing = &#039;&#039;Very useful, and have use a lot of time to make a better intro&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* no need of making sections in phase 2, unless it will be elaborated = &#039;&#039;changes&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* This is it for now. I’ll give you more details once finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviewer 3 - Biankajuh ==&lt;br /&gt;
# I have find the abstract of your article very well-designed which fulfill the role of introducing the main purpose and highlights of the article including a brief introduction to the PEM model. I really like the fact that you have chosen such a real life method as the PEM model used by Novo Nordisk.&lt;br /&gt;
# I appreciate your idea of discussing your model by comparing it with other relevant project models as you have indicated it in the current last paragraph title (Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models). = &#039;&#039;I changes this title, because it was too optimistic to do, and would remove the main focus, which are the PEM - i change it to be a discussion about pros and cons of the model, and how to use it in other industries.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# The article is nicely illustrated with the pictures which help the understanding. Although, I would suggest to name them as ‘’Figure 1, 2, 3, …etc.’’ which would allow to refer to the pictures more specifically at the relevant place of the text. = &#039;&#039;Added more figures, and more pictures&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;A project is defined as: &amp;quot;A temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product, service or result&amp;quot;.&amp;quot; --&amp;gt; Could you expound and describe more what do you mean under this project title? As for me, it is not so clear. = &#039;&#039;Agree that was a confusing sentence, and therefore I totally deleted&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# For further investigation:&lt;br /&gt;
## I would suggest to consider writing about the concrete applications and limitations of the model chosen.&lt;br /&gt;
## It would be also nice to focus on the references and make a bibliography section at the end of the article. = &#039;&#039;Done&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Talk:Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=18350</id>
		<title>Talk:Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Talk:Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=18350"/>
		<updated>2015-09-29T13:34:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Mette: Very nice topic choice that fits the requirements for the type of article. Remember the structure of a &amp;quot;method article&amp;quot;. Look forward to reading more about this tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reviewer 1:Andkamp	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Describes an interesting method developed by Novo Nordisk, a nice blend between case study and method description&lt;br /&gt;
*Minor English mistakes, that can be corrected through second time readind = &#039;&#039;Done&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Good presentation of the topics, however some minor grammar mistakes make it a little more difficult to be read&lt;br /&gt;
*Nice figures, but missing captions and misplacement could provide a better outlook. = Adjustet&lt;br /&gt;
*Main points are clear but not extensively described, in order the reader to get a better understanding of the topic.= Write it more undertandeble&lt;br /&gt;
*No figure reference = Added&lt;br /&gt;
*More effort in inter-wiki links and hyperlinks in the text should be done = Done&lt;br /&gt;
*Better matrix of plan communication of stakeholders = Deleted&lt;br /&gt;
*Missing references and bibliography = Added&lt;br /&gt;
*Interesting subject with various aspects&lt;br /&gt;
*Length of the article is small, as probably it is unfinished, but there is a clear enthusiasm on that subject = Was at the time unfinnished, and there are added a lot of extra :)&lt;br /&gt;
*Phases makes a concrete structure of the article but the sections should be better presented in the table of contents.&lt;br /&gt;
*It would be nice to see implementations on other business, as well as the pros and cons of this method = Done&lt;br /&gt;
*All in all, a nice subject that needs more effort in order to be useful and be connected with subjects such as Project Evaluation and Selection for the Formation of the Optimal Portfolio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviewer 2 - s141938 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+&lt;br /&gt;
* clear and concise =&amp;gt; easy to read&lt;br /&gt;
* ideas presented in bullet points. Good idea&lt;br /&gt;
* Structure of a method visible&lt;br /&gt;
* planned links to other wiki pages. Great idea !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-&lt;br /&gt;
* Remember to add captions and figure numbering&lt;br /&gt;
* Write an abstract at the beginning and make a first section with quick explanation with the current intro =&amp;gt; nicer layout and will remove the image from the introduction ) Very useful, and have use a lot of time to make a better intro. Although i keept the picture in the beginning, because i think it make a good overview of the model, however I have make it a lot smaller .&lt;br /&gt;
* In the new first section give a brief description of the phases so that I have a small overview of the whole thing = Very useful, and have use a lot of time to make a better intro&lt;br /&gt;
* no need of making sections in phase 2, unless it will be elaborated = changes&lt;br /&gt;
* This is it for now. I’ll give you more details once finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviewer 3 - Biankajuh ==&lt;br /&gt;
# I have find the abstract of your article very well-designed which fulfill the role of introducing the main purpose and highlights of the article including a brief introduction to the PEM model. I really like the fact that you have chosen such a real life method as the PEM model used by Novo Nordisk.&lt;br /&gt;
# I appreciate your idea of discussing your model by comparing it with other relevant project models as you have indicated it in the current last paragraph title (Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models). = I changes this title, because it was too optimistic to do, and would remove the main focus, which are the PEM - i change it to be a discussion about pros and cons of the model, and how to use it in other industries.&lt;br /&gt;
# The article is nicely illustrated with the pictures which help the understanding. Although, I would suggest to name them as ‘’Figure 1, 2, 3, …etc.’’ which would allow to refer to the pictures more specifically at the relevant place of the text. = Added more figures, and more pictures&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;A project is defined as: &amp;quot;A temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product, service or result&amp;quot;.&amp;quot; --&amp;gt; Could you expound and describe more what do you mean under this project title? As for me, it is not so clear. = Agree that was a confusing sentence, and therefore I totally deleted&lt;br /&gt;
# For further investigation:&lt;br /&gt;
## I would suggest to consider writing about the concrete applications and limitations of the model chosen.&lt;br /&gt;
## It would be also nice to focus on the references and make a bibliography section at the end of the article. Done&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Talk:Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=18349</id>
		<title>Talk:Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Talk:Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=18349"/>
		<updated>2015-09-29T13:34:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Mette: Very nice topic choice that fits the requirements for the type of article. Remember the structure of a &amp;quot;method article&amp;quot;. Look forward to reading more about this tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reviewer 1:Andkamp	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Describes an interesting method developed by Novo Nordisk, a nice blend between case study and method description&lt;br /&gt;
*Minor English mistakes, that can be corrected through second time readind = Done&lt;br /&gt;
*Good presentation of the topics, however some minor grammar mistakes make it a little more difficult to be read&lt;br /&gt;
*Nice figures, but missing captions and misplacement could provide a better outlook. = Adjustet&lt;br /&gt;
*Main points are clear but not extensively described, in order the reader to get a better understanding of the topic.= Write it more undertandeble&lt;br /&gt;
*No figure reference = Added&lt;br /&gt;
*More effort in inter-wiki links and hyperlinks in the text should be done = Done&lt;br /&gt;
*Better matrix of plan communication of stakeholders = Deleted&lt;br /&gt;
*Missing references and bibliography = Added&lt;br /&gt;
*Interesting subject with various aspects&lt;br /&gt;
*Length of the article is small, as probably it is unfinished, but there is a clear enthusiasm on that subject = Was at the time unfinnished, and there are added a lot of extra :)&lt;br /&gt;
*Phases makes a concrete structure of the article but the sections should be better presented in the table of contents.&lt;br /&gt;
*It would be nice to see implementations on other business, as well as the pros and cons of this method = Done&lt;br /&gt;
*All in all, a nice subject that needs more effort in order to be useful and be connected with subjects such as Project Evaluation and Selection for the Formation of the Optimal Portfolio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviewer 2 - s141938 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+&lt;br /&gt;
* clear and concise =&amp;gt; easy to read&lt;br /&gt;
* ideas presented in bullet points. Good idea&lt;br /&gt;
* Structure of a method visible&lt;br /&gt;
* planned links to other wiki pages. Great idea !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-&lt;br /&gt;
* Remember to add captions and figure numbering&lt;br /&gt;
* Write an abstract at the beginning and make a first section with quick explanation with the current intro =&amp;gt; nicer layout and will remove the image from the introduction ) Very useful, and have use a lot of time to make a better intro. Although i keept the picture in the beginning, because i think it make a good overview of the model, however I have make it a lot smaller .&lt;br /&gt;
* In the new first section give a brief description of the phases so that I have a small overview of the whole thing = Very useful, and have use a lot of time to make a better intro&lt;br /&gt;
* no need of making sections in phase 2, unless it will be elaborated = changes&lt;br /&gt;
* This is it for now. I’ll give you more details once finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviewer 3 - Biankajuh ==&lt;br /&gt;
# I have find the abstract of your article very well-designed which fulfill the role of introducing the main purpose and highlights of the article including a brief introduction to the PEM model. I really like the fact that you have chosen such a real life method as the PEM model used by Novo Nordisk.&lt;br /&gt;
# I appreciate your idea of discussing your model by comparing it with other relevant project models as you have indicated it in the current last paragraph title (Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models). = I changes this title, because it was too optimistic to do, and would remove the main focus, which are the PEM - i change it to be a discussion about pros and cons of the model, and how to use it in other industries.&lt;br /&gt;
# The article is nicely illustrated with the pictures which help the understanding. Although, I would suggest to name them as ‘’Figure 1, 2, 3, …etc.’’ which would allow to refer to the pictures more specifically at the relevant place of the text. = Added more figures, and more pictures&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;A project is defined as: &amp;quot;A temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product, service or result&amp;quot;.&amp;quot; --&amp;gt; Could you expound and describe more what do you mean under this project title? As for me, it is not so clear. = Agree that was a confusing sentence, and therefore I totally deleted&lt;br /&gt;
# For further investigation:&lt;br /&gt;
## I would suggest to consider writing about the concrete applications and limitations of the model chosen.&lt;br /&gt;
## It would be also nice to focus on the references and make a bibliography section at the end of the article. Done&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Talk:Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=18337</id>
		<title>Talk:Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Talk:Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=18337"/>
		<updated>2015-09-29T13:14:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Mette: Very nice topic choice that fits the requirements for the type of article. Remember the structure of a &amp;quot;method article&amp;quot;. Look forward to reading more about this tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reviewer 1:Andkamp	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Describes an interesting method developed by Novo Nordisk, a nice blend between case study and method description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Minor English mistakes, that can be corrected through second time reading&lt;br /&gt;
*Good presentation of the topics, however some minor grammar mistakes make it a little more difficult to be read&lt;br /&gt;
*Nice figures, but missing captions and misplacement could provide a better outlook. &lt;br /&gt;
*Main points are clear but not extensively described, in order the reader to get a better understanding of the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
*No figure reference&lt;br /&gt;
*More effort in inter-wiki links and hyperlinks in the text should be done&lt;br /&gt;
*Better matrix of plan communication of stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
*Missing references and bibliography&lt;br /&gt;
*Interesting subject with various aspects&lt;br /&gt;
*Length of the article is small, as probably it is unfinished, but there is a clear enthusiasm on that subject&lt;br /&gt;
*Phases makes a concrete structure of the article but the sections should be better presented in the table of contents.&lt;br /&gt;
*It would be nice to see implementations on other business, as well as the pros and cons of this method&lt;br /&gt;
*All in all, a nice subject that needs more effort in order to be useful and be connected with subjects such as Project Evaluation and Selection for the Formation of the Optimal Portfolio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviewer 2 - s141938 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+&lt;br /&gt;
* clear and concise =&amp;gt; easy to read&lt;br /&gt;
* ideas presented in bullet points. Good idea&lt;br /&gt;
* Structure of a method visible&lt;br /&gt;
* planned links to other wiki pages. Great idea !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-&lt;br /&gt;
* Remember to add captions and figure numbering&lt;br /&gt;
* Write an abstract at the beginning and make a first section with quick explanation with the current intro =&amp;gt; nicer layout and will remove the image from the introduction&lt;br /&gt;
* In the new first section give a brief description of the phases so that I have a small overview of the whole thing&lt;br /&gt;
* no need of making sections in phase 2, unless it will be elaborated&lt;br /&gt;
* This is it for now. I’ll give you more details once finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviewer 3 - Biankajuh ==&lt;br /&gt;
# I have find the abstract of your article very well-designed which fulfill the role of introducing the main purpose and highlights of the article including a brief introduction to the PEM model. I really like the fact that you have chosen such a real life method as the PEM model used by Novo Nordisk.&lt;br /&gt;
# I appreciate your idea of discussing your model by comparing it with other relevant project models as you have indicated it in the current last paragraph title (Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models).&lt;br /&gt;
# The article is nicely illustrated with the pictures which help the understanding. Although, I would suggest to name them as ‘’Figure 1, 2, 3, …etc.’’ which would allow to refer to the pictures more specifically at the relevant place of the text.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;A project is defined as: &amp;quot;A temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product, service or result&amp;quot;.&amp;quot; --&amp;gt; Could you expound and describe more what do you mean under this project title? As for me, it is not so clear.&lt;br /&gt;
# For further investigation:&lt;br /&gt;
## I would suggest to consider writing about the concrete applications and limitations of the model chosen.&lt;br /&gt;
## It would be also nice to focus on the references and make a bibliography section at the end of the article.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17948</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17948"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T23:49:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: /* Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 055061 about Global procedure of project execution, 1. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 15 October 2002&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model.&amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; Novo Nordisk SOP 080119 about project roles and responsibilities,  2. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 14 November 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why the model is useful in Novo Nordisk, is because of the most importance of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regulatory_compliance &#039;&#039;quality compliance&#039;&#039;] in the company - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people involved to secure that quality is always fulfilled is important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry. However are there still a lot of benefits that can be realized by this model. PEM helps to coordinating the various processes from the different phases, to secure that the project manager are meeting timelines and dealing with complex quality issues. PEM help project managers to assign the appropriate amount of time and resource to each phase of the project, to ensure the project can progress forward in a logical and controlled way. Also the PEM helps to manage the risks while also focusing on the quality. This should hopefully secure no rework &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;[http://projectmgmt.brandeis.edu/downloads/BRU_MSMPP_WP_Feb2012_Pharma.pdf] By Brandeis University By Leanne Bateman&#039;&#039; effective from February 2012&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_operating_procedure &#039;&#039;Standard operating procedure&#039;&#039;] - To get a better understanding of what a SOP is to know what kind references that are used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17937</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17937"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T23:46:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: /* Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 055061 about Global procedure of project execution, 1. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 15 October 2002&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model.&amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; Novo Nordisk SOP 080119 about project roles and responsibilities,  2. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 14 November 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why the model is useful in Novo Nordisk, is because of the most importance of quality compliance[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regulatory_compliance &#039;&#039;quality compliance&#039;&#039;] in the company - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry. However are there still a lot of benefits that can be realized by this model. PEM helps to coordinating the various processes from the different phases, to secure that the project manager are meeting timelines and dealing with complex quality issues. PEM help project managers to assign the appropriate amount of time and resource to each phase of the project, to ensure the project can progress forward in a logical and controlled way. Also the PEM helps to manage the risks while also focusing on the quality. This should hopefully secure no rework &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;[http://projectmgmt.brandeis.edu/downloads/BRU_MSMPP_WP_Feb2012_Pharma.pdf] By Brandeis University By Leanne Bateman&#039;&#039; effective from February 2012&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_operating_procedure &#039;&#039;Standard operating procedure&#039;&#039;] - To get a better understanding of what a SOP is to know what kind references that are used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17928</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17928"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T23:42:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: /* Additional reading */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 055061 about Global procedure of project execution, 1. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 15 October 2002&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model.&amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; Novo Nordisk SOP 080119 about project roles and responsibilities,  2. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 14 November 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry. However are there still a lot of benefits that can be realized by this model. PEM helps to coordinating the various processes from the different phases, to secure that the project manager are meeting timelines and dealing with complex quality issues. PEM help project managers to assign the appropriate amount of time and resource to each phase of the project, to ensure the project can progress forward in a logical and controlled way. Also the PEM helps to manage the risks while also focusing on the quality. This should hopefully secure no rework &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;[http://projectmgmt.brandeis.edu/downloads/BRU_MSMPP_WP_Feb2012_Pharma.pdf] By Brandeis University By Leanne Bateman&#039;&#039; effective from February 2012&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_operating_procedure &#039;&#039;Standard operating procedure&#039;&#039;] - To get a better understanding of what a SOP is to know what kind references that are used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17926</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17926"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T23:41:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 055061 about Global procedure of project execution, 1. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 15 October 2002&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model.&amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; Novo Nordisk SOP 080119 about project roles and responsibilities,  2. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 14 November 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry. However are there still a lot of benefits that can be realized by this model. PEM helps to coordinating the various processes from the different phases, to secure that the project manager are meeting timelines and dealing with complex quality issues. PEM help project managers to assign the appropriate amount of time and resource to each phase of the project, to ensure the project can progress forward in a logical and controlled way. Also the PEM helps to manage the risks while also focusing on the quality. This should hopefully secure no rework &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;[http://projectmgmt.brandeis.edu/downloads/BRU_MSMPP_WP_Feb2012_Pharma.pdf] By Brandeis University By Leanne Bateman&#039;&#039; effective from February 2012&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_operating_procedure &#039;&#039;Standard operating procedure&#039;&#039;] - To get a better understanding of SOP references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17925</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17925"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T23:40:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 055061 about Global procedure of project execution, 1. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 15 October 2002&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model.&amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; Novo Nordisk SOP 080119 about project roles and responsibilities,  2. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 14 November 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry. However are there still a lot of benefits that can be realized by this model. PEM helps to coordinating the various processes from the different phases, to secure that the project manager are meeting timelines and dealing with complex quality issues. PEM help project managers to assign the appropriate amount of time and resource to each phase of the project, to ensure the project can progress forward in a logical and controlled way. Also the PEM helps to manage the risks while also focusing on the quality. This should hopefully secure no rework &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;[http://projectmgmt.brandeis.edu/downloads/BRU_MSMPP_WP_Feb2012_Pharma.pdf] By Brandeis University By Leanne Bateman&#039;&#039; effective from February 2012&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_operating_procedure &#039;&#039;Standard operating procedure&#039;&#039;] - To get a better understanding of SOP references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17924</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17924"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T23:40:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: /* Roles and responsibilities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 055061 about Global procedure of project execution, 1. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 15 October 2002&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model. &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; Novo Nordisk SOP 080119 about project roles and responsibilities,  2. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 14 November 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry. However are there still a lot of benefits that can be realized by this model. PEM helps to coordinating the various processes from the different phases, to secure that the project manager are meeting timelines and dealing with complex quality issues. PEM help project managers to assign the appropriate amount of time and resource to each phase of the project, to ensure the project can progress forward in a logical and controlled way. Also the PEM helps to manage the risks while also focusing on the quality. This should hopefully secure no rework &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;[http://projectmgmt.brandeis.edu/downloads/BRU_MSMPP_WP_Feb2012_Pharma.pdf] By Brandeis University By Leanne Bateman&#039;&#039; effective from February 2012&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_operating_procedure &#039;&#039;Standard operating procedure&#039;&#039;] - To get a better understanding of SOP references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17921</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17921"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T23:39:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: /* Additional reading */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 055061 about Global procedure of project execution, 1. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 15 October 2002&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model. &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; Novo Nordisk SOP 080119 about project roles and responsibilities,  2. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 14 November 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry. However are there still a lot of benefits that can be realized by this model. PEM helps to coordinating the various processes from the different phases, to secure that the project manager are meeting timelines and dealing with complex quality issues. PEM help project managers to assign the appropriate amount of time and resource to each phase of the project, to ensure the project can progress forward in a logical and controlled way. Also the PEM helps to manage the risks while also focusing on the quality. This should hopefully secure no rework &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;[http://projectmgmt.brandeis.edu/downloads/BRU_MSMPP_WP_Feb2012_Pharma.pdf] By Brandeis University By Leanne Bateman&#039;&#039; effective from February 2012&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_operating_procedure &#039;&#039;Standard operating procedure&#039;&#039;] - To get a better understanding of SOP references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17911</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17911"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T23:34:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: /* Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 055061 about Global procedure of project execution, 1. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 15 October 2002&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model. &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; Novo Nordisk SOP 080119 about project roles and responsibilities,  2. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 14 November 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry. However are there still a lot of benefits that can be realized by this model. PEM helps to coordinating the various processes from the different phases, to secure that the project manager are meeting timelines and dealing with complex quality issues. PEM help project managers to assign the appropriate amount of time and resource to each phase of the project, to ensure the project can progress forward in a logical and controlled way. Also the PEM helps to manage the risks while also focusing on the quality. This should hopefully secure no rework &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;[http://projectmgmt.brandeis.edu/downloads/BRU_MSMPP_WP_Feb2012_Pharma.pdf] By Brandeis University By Leanne Bateman&#039;&#039; effective from February 2012&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_operating_procedure &#039;&#039;Standard operating procedure&#039;&#039;] - To get a better understanding of the references.&lt;br /&gt;
-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17895</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17895"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T23:25:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 055061 about Global procedure of project execution, 1. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 15 October 2002&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model. &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; Novo Nordisk SOP 080119 about project roles and responsibilities,  2. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 14 November 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;[http://projectmgmt.brandeis.edu/downloads/BRU_MSMPP_WP_Feb2012_Pharma.pdf] By Brandeis University By Leanne Bateman&#039;&#039; effective from February 2012&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_operating_procedure &#039;&#039;Standard operating procedure&#039;&#039;] - To get a better understanding of the references.&lt;br /&gt;
-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17894</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17894"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T23:22:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: /* Additional reading */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 055061 about Global procedure of project execution, 1. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 15 October 2002&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model. &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; Novo Nordisk SOP 080119 about project roles and responsibilities,  2. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 14 November 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_operating_procedure &#039;&#039;Standard operating procedure&#039;&#039;] - To get a better understanding of the references.&lt;br /&gt;
-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17889</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17889"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T23:20:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: /* Additional reading */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 055061 about Global procedure of project execution, 1. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 15 October 2002&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model. &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; Novo Nordisk SOP 080119 about project roles and responsibilities,  2. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 14 November 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_operating_procedure &#039;&#039;Standard operating procedure&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17887</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17887"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T23:20:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: /* Additional reading */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 055061 about Global procedure of project execution, 1. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 15 October 2002&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model. &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; Novo Nordisk SOP 080119 about project roles and responsibilities,  2. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 14 November 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_operating_procedure &#039;&#039;Standard operating procedure&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17877</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17877"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T23:16:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 055061 about Global procedure of project execution, 1. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 15 October 2002&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model. &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; Novo Nordisk SOP 080119 about project roles and responsibilities,  2. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 14 November 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17870</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17870"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T23:15:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 055061 about Global procedure of project execution, 1. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 15 October 2002&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model. &amp;lt;ref name=CB1&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow&amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB2&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid &amp;lt;ref name=CB3&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; Novo Nordisk SOP 080119 about project roles and responsibilities,  2. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 14 November 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17862</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17862"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T23:09:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 055061 about Global procedure of project execution, 1. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 15 October 2002&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 about Global procedure of project execution, 5. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 056035 about Handling stakeholders, 3. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 12 April 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 076243 about Handling Risk, 8. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 23 January 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; Novo Nordisk SOP 080119 about project roles and responsibilities,  2. edition&#039;&#039; effective from 14 November 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17824</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17824"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T22:58:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model.  &lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Internal Novo Nordisk SOP 049797 Global procedure of project execution 5. edition&#039;&#039;effective from 29 Juli 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be prsented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17787</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17787"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T22:46:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model.  &lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an reflection of Novo Nordisk&#039;s PEM and how it works in other industries will be prsented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of PEM in Novo Nordisk and implementation in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17699</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17699"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T22:13:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: /* PEM compared to handling projects in other industries */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model.  &lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reflections of implementation of PEM in Novo Nordisk and other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration. PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is the huge requirement of resources. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
Why it is necessary in Novo Nordisk, is that the most important parameter in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry in general is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that that statement is fulfilled was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary. Therefore PEM is not a fit-to-all project model, but differently a model, that can be adjusted in relation to the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17673</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17673"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T22:03:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model.  &lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM compared to handling projects in other industries ==&lt;br /&gt;
Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model is a complex model, with many stages and processes, that the project manager need to take under consideration PEM follow the full project lifecycle from definition and justification of the project, through to delivering demonstrable benefits for the business. One of the things that can challenge other industries to use PEM, is that it require a lot of resources to use. This is to secure successful completion of the project goal and objectives, but can in some cases be a process where the purpose of for example a steering group meeting is to please the StG instead of secure progress of the project (not say that a StG is not useful, which is definitely not the case). &lt;br /&gt;
The problem is that the most important parameter in in Novo Nordisk and pharmaceutical industry is quality - Novo Nordisk never compromise on quality, which often affect the cost and delivery. And therefore Novo Nordisk experienced, that the need of having more people to secure that, was important. Poor quality can in worst case be a matter of life and death. The importance of of quality control measures is essential. But to maintain the competitive advantages there is a need of some project progress. These two competing priorities - quality and time to execution - must be well managed through careful process in order to reduce risks inherent on this industry, which can result in more focus and inspection from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Drug_Administration &#039;&#039;FDA&#039;&#039;] than necessary. This extremely focus on quality is not necessary in other industries, which mean that some of the requirement in PEM would not be necessary.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17321</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=17321"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T20:07:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to continuously meet the increasing demand. The consequence of the increasing of numbers of new employees was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project with the purpose of making a global standardized way to handling projects. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about good way of handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do and therefore avoid all the pitfalls. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model based on best practice. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model.  &lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realize phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (all described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject it to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe, each phase. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief, to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan: just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Quality strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk list&lt;br /&gt;
* Environment health and safety screening (safety first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At least it is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Figure 2 shows the grid that should be used to get a overview of importance of the difference stakeholders to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task, and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered of each stakeholder to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3 is the process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the project manager should start measuring the impact it has and to what extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimize the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a correctness of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritization and deliverable&#039;s that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverable&#039;s in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2, key project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverable&#039;s and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a correctness of 80% - which means that major changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed The template to the risk process is shown in figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. If that is the case and the project manager gets the approval to continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore the main deliverbles for phase 3 includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuously ensure stakeholder commitment, and consider changes in communication if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement: need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. At last the project manager also work on a report package with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverable&#039;s and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverable&#039;s to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverable&#039;s and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverable&#039;s, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific project&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverable&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM compared to other project models ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16929</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16929"/>
		<updated>2015-09-28T18:19:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 90s the sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that the company was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced a huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore in 2001 the executive management in Novo Nordisk decided to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, about what NOT to do. The idea was, to use all that knowledge to develop one global model. About one year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how to continuously improve the model and today the project managers work after the 5th version of the Project Execution Model.  &lt;br /&gt;
Overall the PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases. Each phase guiding the project manager to successfully completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realise phase. Figure 1 shows the five phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted to non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. This article aims to describe describe, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific projecn&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM compared to other project models ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16051</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16051"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T22:08:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that there was huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realise phase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific projecn&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM compared to other project models ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16050</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16050"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T22:06:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that there was huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realise phase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM - a five gate model ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phase 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific projecn&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PEM compared to other project models ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conclusion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16046</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16046"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T22:04:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that there was huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realise phase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific projecn&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Additional reading&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;References&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16044</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16044"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T21:59:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that there was huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realise phase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific projecn&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16042</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16042"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T21:58:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that there was huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realise phase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific projecn&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16041</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16041"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T21:57:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that there was huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realise phase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 3 of the project the main planning of the project are done by the project manager. Also the key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Work_breakdown_structure &#039;&#039;A Work breakdown structure (WBS)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automation and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activities are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learning&#039;s to the steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Performance_indicator &#039;&#039;KPIs&#039;&#039;]. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific projecn&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16035</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16035"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T21:46:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that there was huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realise phase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific projecn&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16026</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16026"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T21:33:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that there was huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realise phase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;To whom? (more specific contact person)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;When to communicate?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;What to achieve?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;By which channel, which media?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;How to communicate?&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific projecn&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16025</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16025"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T21:30:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that there was huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realise phase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor (described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039;) evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific projecn&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16024</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16024"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T21:30:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that there was huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor(described in &#039;&#039;roles &amp;amp; responsibilities&#039;&#039; evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific projecn&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16023</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16023"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T21:26:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that there was huge diversity in the way project managers handled project. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific projecn&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16021</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16021"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T21:24:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: /* Roles and responsibilities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that the diversity of the way project managers handled project was huge. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific projecn&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16020</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16020"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T21:24:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that the diversity of the way project managers handled project was huge. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_manager &#039;&#039;Project manager&#039;&#039;] &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific projecn&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_team &#039;&#039;Project team&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
An internal cooperate business unit&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe describe what the different are - maybe it can be confusing what a steering group are?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16016</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16016"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T21:21:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that the diversity of the way project managers handled project was huge. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project manager&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Committee#Steering_committees &#039;&#039;Steering group (StG)&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
A steering committee makes strategic decisions concerning future realization of a specific projecn&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Project team&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe describe what the different are - maybe it can be confusing what a steering group are?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16013</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16013"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T21:19:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Novo_Nordisk &#039;&#039;Novo Nordisk&#039;&#039;] was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that the diversity of the way project managers handled project was huge. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project manager&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Steering group (StG)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Project team&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe describe what the different are - maybe it can be confusing what a steering group are?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16001</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=16001"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T21:11:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in Novo Nordisk was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that the diversity of the way project managers handled project was huge. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png|400px|thumb|right|Figure 4: Risk grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project manager&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Steering group (StG)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Project team&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe describe what the different are - maybe it can be confusing what a steering group are?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15998</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15998"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T21:09:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in Novo Nordisk was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that the diversity of the way project managers handled project was huge. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project manager&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Steering group (StG)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Project team&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe describe what the different are - maybe it can be confusing what a steering group are?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15997</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15997"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T21:08:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in Novo Nordisk was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that the diversity of the way project managers handled project was huge. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 4 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. This is a on-going process, which can change through the project. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Measure the impact:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the project manager roll out the planned communication, the PM should start measuring the impact it has and to what  extend the communication objectives have been achieved. Til will help the PM to optimise the communication and evaluate the impact of the communication later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project manager&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Steering group (StG)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Project team&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe describe what the different are - maybe it can be confusing what a steering group are?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15941</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15941"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T20:32:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in Novo Nordisk was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that the diversity of the way project managers handled project was huge. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 5 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Manage stakeholders expectations:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of communication and working with stakeholders to meet their need and addressing issues as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Report performance:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of collecting and distributing performance information, including status report, progress measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ressource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project manager&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Steering group (StG)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Project team&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe describe what the different are - maybe it can be confusing what a steering group are?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15936</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15936"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T20:29:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in Novo Nordisk was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that the diversity of the way project managers handled project was huge. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 5 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Manage stakeholders expectations:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of communication and working with stakeholders to meet their need and addressing issues as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Report performance:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of collecting and distributing performance information, including status report, progress measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ressource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project manager&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Steering group (StG)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Project team&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe describe what the different are - maybe it can be confusing what a steering group are?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15934</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15934"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T20:28:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in Novo Nordisk was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that the diversity of the way project managers handled project was huge. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 5 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|400px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Manage stakeholders expectations:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of communication and working with stakeholders to meet their need and addressing issues as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Report performance:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of collecting and distributing performance information, including status report, progress measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ressource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project manager&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Steering group (StG)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Project team&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe describe what the different are - maybe it can be confusing what a steering group are?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15932</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15932"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T20:28:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in Novo Nordisk was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that the diversity of the way project managers handled project was huge. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 5 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|300px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Manage stakeholders expectations:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of communication and working with stakeholders to meet their need and addressing issues as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Report performance:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of collecting and distributing performance information, including status report, progress measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ressource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project manager&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Steering group (StG)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Project team&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe describe what the different are - maybe it can be confusing what a steering group are?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15931</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15931"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T20:27:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in Novo Nordisk was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that the diversity of the way project managers handled project was huge. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 5 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|250px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to plan how to communicate to stakeholder. When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Manage stakeholders expectations:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of communication and working with stakeholders to meet their need and addressing issues as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Report performance:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of collecting and distributing performance information, including status report, progress measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ressource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project manager&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Steering group (StG)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Project team&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe describe what the different are - maybe it can be confusing what a steering group are?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15930</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15930"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T20:26:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in Novo Nordisk was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that the diversity of the way project managers handled project was huge. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 5 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|250px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|250px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Distribute information to stakeholders:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to consider how to communicate to stakeholder – by email, or a fixed meeting time every week/month. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Manage stakeholders expectations:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of communication and working with stakeholders to meet their need and addressing issues as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Report performance:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of collecting and distributing performance information, including status report, progress measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ressource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project manager&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Steering group (StG)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Project team&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe describe what the different are - maybe it can be confusing what a steering group are?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15928</id>
		<title>Project Execution Model (PEM)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://13.50.150.85/index.php?title=Project_Execution_Model_(PEM)&amp;diff=15928"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T20:25:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Buurbuur: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Image001.png|600px|thumb|right|Figure 1: The Project execution model five-stage gate process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The sale in Novo Nordisk was steady increasing, which resulted that Novo Nordisk was forces to continuously hire new employees to keep up the increasing demand. The consequence was, that the company experienced, that the diversity of the way project managers handled project was huge. Therefore did the management of the area Product Supply in Novo Nordisk in 2001 decide to initiated a project which purpose was to make a global standardized way to handling projects based on best practice. The idea was based on Novo Nordisk has working with projects in many years and obtained a lot of know how about how to handling projects to secure the best output, but also obtained a lot of know how, of what NOT to do. All the knowledge should be used to develop one global model. One year later in October 2002, the first version of Novo Nordisk Project Execution Model(PEM) was established (source). Afterward Novo Nordisk obtained more know how, and today the 5th version of the Project Execution Model is developed as the newest model, that project managers use.  &lt;br /&gt;
PEM is a stage-gate project model that consist of five phases, which guiding project managers to successful completion of each project phase. The five phases are: idea-, initiate-, analyse-, execute and realisephase. Figure 1 shows the 5 phases in the model. The main focus of PEM is investment projects, but can easily be adopted for non-investment projects as well. &lt;br /&gt;
The procedure establishes a framework to ensure that projects are identified, captured, scoped, planned, executed and closed in a standardized and efficient manner according to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each phase in the PEM model has a gate, where line management, portfolio manager, project owner, steering group and project sponsor evaluate and review the project by either approve or reject the project to continue to next phase. In the following, each phase will be described. Beside the phases, the roles &amp;amp; responsibilities plus an discussion about Novo Nordisk PEM compared to other project model will be presented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;PEM - a five gate model&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 1&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first phase is characteristic of the idea phase. When the idea for a project is identified, the project manager need to find an owner project owner in which the idea is funded. The idea is described in collaboration with Line of Business(LoB) with the project objectives in a brief – this is to secure ownership from the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
In phase 1 the project manager should also create a one-pager which describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Background for starting the project and top level objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 0 time plan – just a rough time plan that don’t need to be too detailed. Only top 10 milestones of the project which include gate approval dates&lt;br /&gt;
* A rough estimate of manning needs, quality strategy, risk list, environment health and safty screening (safty first is essential in Novo Nordisk project)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a pre-estimate of the cost budget. There is only a expectation of about 20 % contingency of the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the beginning the idea are either an investment or a non-investment project. It is required to make a preliminary stakeholder analysis together with top-level project requirements. The communication to the stakeholders is more than just passing information. It is about making a message understandable, about listening to the reactions from the stakeholders the project manager communicate with and engage in a dialogue. The stakeholder analysis involves a 5 step-process, which are described bellow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Stakeholder grid.png|200px|thumb|right|Figure 2: Stakeholder grid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Identify stakeholder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying all people or organizations who are impacted by the project and documenting relevant information regarding their interest involvement and impact on project success. Bellow there is a grid to get a overview of how important the difference stakeholders are to the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Scope the communication task:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Manager need to know the size of the communication task and make it clear what the different stakeholders expect from the project manager. Before the Project Manager plan anything, the following questions need to be answered to get a better idea of how to plan the communication:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* To whom? (more specific contact person)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why is it necessary and relevant to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* When to communicate?&lt;br /&gt;
* What to achieve?&lt;br /&gt;
* By which channel, which media?&lt;br /&gt;
* How to communicate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowing the needs is crucial to planning successful communication and to get there the Project Manager must ask the right question about the stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Do the plan for communication with stakeholder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Communication_plan222.PNG|200px|thumb|right|Figure 3: Stakeholder communication plan]]&lt;br /&gt;
When the questions from step 2 is answered, the project manager need to make a plan of Who, When and What to communicate. A example of the final result of a communication plan is showed in figure 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Distribute information to stakeholders:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of making relevant information available to project stakeholders as planned. A key part of this involves planning and manage both current and new project information arriving. Here the project it is also important to consider how to communicate to stakeholder – by email, or a fixed meeting time every week/month. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Manage stakeholders expectations:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of communication and working with stakeholders to meet their need and addressing issues as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Report performance:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of collecting and distributing performance information, including status report, progress measurement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall this phase is just to give a estimated overview of the project, to get an idea of the project. Normally there are only a contingency of 20% in this phase. Prior to gate the gate 1 approval, the idea is subjected to minimum the Corporate Vice President portfolio review. If the idea is also approved during Line of Business and if prioritizations and deliverables that are required at gate 1 are fulfilled, it enters the project portfolio as an accepted project, and go to phase 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 2&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 2 is the Initiate phase. During the immediate start of phase 2, the project manager and project owner must establish a steering group. The role of the steering group during this phase is to help the project manager elaborate all business objectives and to evaluate and give direction on the project scope and scope alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main deliverables in phase 2 for the project manager are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ressource allocation: When starting phase 2 work, key Novo Nordisk project manning must be available and prioritized by LoB resource managers. Here it is recommended to make a brief organizational diagram with manning requirement and any increased headcount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Level 1 schedule: a more detailed project plan with 30-50 lines with deliverables and activity duration including milestones for 3rd phase. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environment, health and safety (EHS) assessment&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost estimate: The project manager should make a more detailed estimate of the cost. It is expected that the cost estimate have a contingency of 80% - which means that changes in the budget is not expected.&lt;br /&gt;
* The main deliverable for phase 2 is a clear scope recommendation for the project based on main scope and alternative scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A last key deliverable is the risk management. Here the top 10 risk are identified in a grid. The risk management process consist of a 6 step process which help to ensure that the risks of the project are identified and a response and monitoring are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Risk Grid.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Plan risk management:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is act of actively deciding and documenting in the project how risks shall be addressed. The risk management plan may state to what extent the project is willing to accept risks and plan how the continuing risk management shall be performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Identify risk:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First step in documenting risks in the project is to produce a list of identified risks for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Perform qualitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Categories each risk into a grid with business impact and likelihood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. Perform quantitative risk analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculate the resulting risk costs, cost of mitigating and presumed costs of all known risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Plan risk response:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on the appropriate response type for the top 10 risks and plan the actual work needed to bed one to mitigate transfer or avoid the risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Monitor and control risks:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical monthly review on known risks and bi annual reviews to identify new risks. Reporting status of key risks to steering group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steering group decide if the project manager have secure that all of above are in place. It that is the case and the project manager gets the approval the project can continue to phase 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 3&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 3 of the project is known as the analyse phase. Before upstart of phase 3, it is essential that the key project manning for phases 3 and 4 is in place and approved by the project owner and project sponsor. If key manning is not in place, upstart of phase 3 should be postponed. &lt;br /&gt;
In this phase of the project are the main planning of the project done by the project manager and key project team are in place based on the scope from phase 2. The main purpose of this phase is to analyse and describe a detailed solution. Furthermore includes the content of phase 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A Work breakdown structure (WBS) (make a link to wikiarticle)&lt;br /&gt;
* If necessary small adjustments to the project plan&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure stakeholder commitment, maybe the needs for communication have changed – it is needed to consider this in this phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* Risk analysis is further developed along with mitigating actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a first draft of the training needs in LoB&lt;br /&gt;
* Final cost budget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At gate 3, the agreement and supporting document are subject to review and approval by steering group. Prior the final approval, the project manager must also seek local IT approval for the automations and IT solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 4&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Phase 4 is the executing phase. In this phase, most of the project work is carried out, constructed or purchased. The project manager manages the project and project team within the limits defined in the agreement. The purpose of this phase is to develop, implement and roll-out the solution and secure a smooth transition from project phase to daily operation. The project manager is responsible for the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct and manage project &lt;br /&gt;
* Distribute information&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage stakeholder’s expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduct procurement – Need to close all purchase orders and contracts, and report supplier performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure good EHS practice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the implantation of the new business processes in the LoB, the organizational set up and competencies are updated, if needed. Also necessary training and organizational change management activtites are performed. The project manager also work on a package report with project learnings to steering group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to pass gate 4, a project completion review are prepared by the project manager. The main purpose of the review is to gain final acceptance of the project deliverables and to collect learning point from the project planning and execution phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all above is approved by the steering group, the project manager formally hands over the project deliverables to the project owner who then has the responsibility of realizing the benefits of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Phase 5&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During phase 5, the project owner realizes the project benefits. The project owner typically maximize realization of benefits by tracking KPIs. This is to ensure the solution is anchored in the organization. During this period, LoB is responsible for following up on supplier guarantees on equipment or buildings in due time before any guarantees expire, e.g. one year review on equipment or five year review on building parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 6-24 month when benefits of the project have been shown a benefit review is prepared by the project owner for the project sponsor approval. The benefit review is mandatory for all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and responsibilities&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following the roles and their responsibilities of the persons that are involved in the project, will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Overview of roles and responsibilities of people who are involved (Source)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project owner&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner         &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Own the project deliverables and benefits&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that the project follow the PEM methodology&lt;br /&gt;
* Appoint the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Define business needs in the Idea phase&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide LoB internal manning resources to the project manager and cost funding for the project, include manning agreement with all relevant departments&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish and run the steering group with the project manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Make and present the gate 5 benefits to the project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project manager&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and direct project execution in all phases - which means that the project manager have the operational responsibility for leading the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare project brief and project charter including e.g. project risk evaluation &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate project resources with project owner and manage these resources during project execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Establish the project organisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Involve all relevant internal and external stakeholders, and continuously be aware of stakeholder expectations during the project &lt;br /&gt;
* Perform integrated scope control on the report&lt;br /&gt;
* Report and communicate project performance to the steering group and relevant stakeholders&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive all key project data, e.g. minutes from steering group meetings and relevant project data&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizing the prioritization deliverables, evaluating team member contributions and making adjustments when needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure compliance with the PEM system. including approval of mandatory outputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and evaluate the project at gate 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Steering group (StG)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Scope the project objectives during phase 2 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
* Help resolve project project risks outside authorization limits of the project manager and the agreement&lt;br /&gt;
* Make decisions on key issues, including prioritization to meet deadlines and/ or budgets&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the project gate 1, 2, 3, 4 documents&lt;br /&gt;
* Review project status on scope schedule, cost, risk and quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve or reject scope changes that have impact benefits or described scope or affecting the schedule, cost or quality&lt;br /&gt;
* StG is ultimately responsible for project success&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Project sponsor&lt;br /&gt;
On small projects, the project sponsor is the same person as the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Act as final approver and founder of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve the total investment cost&lt;br /&gt;
* Head the steering group or delegate this task to the project owner&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Project team&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan the project in details within their area of expertise&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify and describe all deliverables&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify constraints and assumptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Create detailed work breakdown structure (WBS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide realistic time, manning and cost estimates&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute the project plan to accomplish project scope&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Line of Business (LoB)&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate with the project manager on how to meet manning needs&lt;br /&gt;
* Approve project investment application&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure that present and future operational budgets are made or updated as an result of project activities. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure implementation of their individual areas&lt;br /&gt;
* Allocate resources for project activities and participate in Risk evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe describe what the different are - maybe it can be confusing what a steering group are?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Discussion of Novo Nordisk&#039;s Project Execution Model compared to other project models&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Conclusion&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros and cons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv nogle linjer om refferancerne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skriv noget om hvor i project management life cycle dette befinder sig&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Buurbuur</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>